Freirean Approach in Global Perspective
•Download as PPTX, PDF•
0 likes•422 views
This presentation was made as a part of EGP course in my institute that explore Freirean Approach in Global Perspective
Recommended
Recommended
More Related Content
Viewers also liked
Viewers also liked (10)
Similar to Freirean Approach in Global Perspective
Similar to Freirean Approach in Global Perspective (9)
More from Md. Shahriar Shafiq
More from Md. Shahriar Shafiq (18)
Freirean Approach in Global Perspective
- 1. সুপ্রভাত
- 2. উপস্থাপনায় শাখামৃগেরদল শাহরিয়ারশফিক (০১০৫৭৬) মুনতাহাহক (০১০৫৭০) নিশাতজ্যোতি (০১০৫৭৫) ইফফাতপপি (০১০৫৮১) মুহম্মদজিহাদ (০১০৫৭৪)
- 3. উপস্থাপনারবিষয় পাওলোফ্রেইরিরশিক্ষাপদ্ধতি ও এরবিশ্বপ্রেক্ষিত
- 5. ১৯২৯ সালের বিশ্বমন্দার সময় রেসিফি ত্যাগ করে নিকটস্থ জাবোয়াতাও শহরে স্থানান্তর
- 6. ‘কানেকটিভবয়’- পরবর্তীজীবন ও শিক্ষাভাবনায়প্রভাব
- 7. ১৯৪৩ সালে রেসিফি বিশ্ববিদ্যালয়ে আইন বিষিয়ে ভর্তি
- 8. ১৯৪৪ সালে তিনি এলজা মায়া কস্তা অলিভেইরাকেবিয়েকরেন
- 9. পেশাজীবন শুরু আইনজীবি হিসেবেপাওলোফ্রেইরিরজীবন ও কর্ম
- 11. ১৯৪৬ সালেপারনামবুকো স্টেট-এর সমাজ সেবা অধিদপ্তরের শিক্ষা ও সংষ্কৃতি বিভাগের পরিচালক হিসেবে যোগদান- ‘লিবারেশন থিওলজি’
- 12. ১৯৬১ সালে তিনি রেসিফি বিশ্ববিদ্যালয়ের সংস্কৃতি সম্রসারণ বিভাগের পরিচালক হিসেবে যোগদান- ৪৫ দিনে ৩০০ আখ শ্রমিককে লিখতে ও পড়তে শেখান
- 13. ‘cultural circle’-এরমাধ্যমে ‘জাতীয় সাক্ষরতা অভিযান’। ৫০ লাখ বাজিলিয়ানকে ২ বছর সময়কালের মধ্যে সাক্ষর করার পরিকল্পনাগ্রহণ
- 14. মার্ক্সীয় এবং খ্রিস্টীয় চিন্তাধারার সংমিশ্রণপাওলোফ্রেইরিরজীবন ও কর্ম
- 16. বলিভিয়া ও চিলিতে নির্বাসন
- 17. এখানে ‘খ্রিষ্টীয় গণতান্ত্রিক কৃষিভূমি সংষ্কার আন্দোলন’ ও জাতিসংঘের ‘খাদ্য ও কৃষি সংস্থায়’ কাজ করেন
- 18. ১৯৬৮ সালেপ্রথমPedagogy of the Oppressedপ্রকাশ
- 19. ১৯৬৯ সালে হারভার্ড ও কেম্ব্রিজ বিশ্ববিদ্যালইয়ে ভিজিটিং প্রফেসর হিসেবে কাজ
- 20. ১৯৮০ সালে ফ্রেইরি দেশে ফিরেসাওপাওলো শহরের Workers’ Party (PT)-তে যোগদান
- 21. ১৯৮৮ সালের পৌর নির্বাচনে PT জয়লাভ করলে সাওপাওলোর শিক্ষা সচিব হিসেবে নিয়োগপাওলোফ্রেইরিরজীবন ও কর্ম
- 23. ১৯৮৬ সালেস্ত্রী এলজার সাথে ইউনেস্কোর Prize for Education for Peace লাভ
- 24. ১৯৯২ সালে Pedagogy of Hope: Relieving Pedagogy of the Oppressed প্রকাশ
- 25. ১৯৯৭ সালের ২ মে হৃদযন্ত্রের ক্রিয়া বন্ধ হয়ে মৃত্যুপাওলোফ্রেইরিরজীবন ও কর্ম
- 26. ফ্রেইরিরশিক্ষাচিন্তা ও দর্শন ‘This is truly a revolutionary pedagogy’ -Ivan Illich
- 28. শিক্ষার মধ্য দিয়েই জনসমাজের Conscientization ঘটবে
- 29. শিক্ষা কেবল পড়া ও লেখা নয়, বরং এটি একটি ‘সাংস্কৃতিক তৎপরতা’
- 30. প্লেটোর ধ্রুপদি চিন্তার সাথে আধুনিক মার্ক্সীয় দর্শন ও প্রতি-ঔপনিবেশিক চিন্তার সংমিশ্রণ
- 31. খ্রিষ্টীয় আদর্শ ও হেগেলের দ্বান্দ্বিক মতবাদের প্রতিফলন
- 32. শিক্ষাঅনিরপেক্ষ
- 33. প্রচলিত শিক্ষা মানুষের জীবনাচরণকে স্থিতাবস্থায় রেখে দেয়
- 36. ফ্রেইরিরশিক্ষা পদ্ধতি জনগণকে আমরা পরিষ্কার করে সেটাই শেখাবো, যা অস্পষ্ট অবস্থায় আমরা তাদের কাছ থেকেই শিখেছি। -মাও জেদং শিক্ষা একটি ‘প্রাক্সিস’ (Praxis) বা অনুশীলনপ্রক্রিয়া। প্রাক্সিস = বিশ্লেষণকর্মোদ্যোগবিশ্লেষণ
- 37. কোনএকটিসমস্যাবাইস্যুনির্বাচন দ্বান্দ্বিকপ্রক্রিয়ায়বিশ্লেষণমূলকআলোচনা গ্রাফিক্সভিত্তিকসংকেতেরমাধ্যমেপ্রকাশ সমষ্টিগতওব্যাক্তিগতকর্মোদ্যোগেরজন্যকর্মপরিকল্পনাবাকর্মসূচিনির্ধারণ দ্বান্দ্বিকপ্রক্রিয়ায়বিশ্লেষণমূলকআলোচনা প্রতিবর্তমূলকশিখনওকর্মোদ্যোগ ইস্যুচিহ্নিতকরারজন্যগ্রাফিক্সভিত্তিকসংকেতউদ্ঘাটন/ বিশ্লেষণ সৃজনশীলসাক্ষরতাওগণনাদক্ষতা শিখনপ্রক্রিয়া
- 38. শিখনপর্যায় ধারণাগত (Thematic) পর্যায় শিক্ষা (Education) পর্যায় মূখ্যশব্দ নিরাপদপানি ন, র, প, দ, ই, আ দিন, পদ, নানা, পরি, দান, পরান, পান, আইন, দর, বাক্যএবংঅনুচ্ছেদ
- 39. ফ্রেইরিয়ানপদ্ধতিররূপান্তর রিফ্লেক্টপদ্ধতি পার্টিসিপেটরীএকশনরিসার্চ ধারণাসঞ্চারীশব্দপদ্ধতি
- 41. বহুজাতিক প্রেক্ষাপটে একটি ফ্রেইরিয়ান পদ্ধতির পুনঃউদ্ভাবন ও গবেষণাকে উৎসাহিত করতে McGill University-তেInternational Critical Pedagogyএর উপর The Paulo and Nita Freire Project সূচনাকরাহয়েছে
- 42. দক্ষিন আফ্রিকার স্টিভ বিকো ও কৃষ্ণাঙ্গ সচেতনতা আন্দোলনে গভীর প্রভাব ফেলেছে
- 45. গৃহে ভুমিকা পুনঃনির্ধারণ ও স্বামীর সাথে দায়িত্ব বণ্টন
- 46. ঐ অঞ্চলের বিদ্যালয় সমূহে ভর্তি ও টিকেথাকার হার বৃদ্ধি
- 48. বাস্তবায়নে: Mumias Education for Empowerment (MEFE)
- 50. title
- 51. প্রাত্যহিকজীবনেরসমস্যা, সংকট ও স্থানীয়ইস্যুসমূহআলোচনা
- 53. জনগণের দৈনন্দিন যোগাযোগ ও আন্তক্রিয়ার একটি ক্ষেত্র
- 55. ব্যক্তি উদ্যোগের পাশাপাশি দলীয় উদ্যোগ গ্রহণ
- 57. স্বাস্থ্য, শিক্ষা, নিরাপত্তা প্রভৃতি দিকেও মনোযোগ
- 63. স্থানীয় লোকজনকে একত্রিত করে অনেকগুলো সার্কেল গঠন
- 64. অগ্রাধিকারভিত্তিক সমস্যা চিহ্নিতকরণ- ঋণ ও মূলধনেরঅভাবএবংক্ষুদ্রঋণসংগঠনেরউপরনির্ভরশীলতা
- 66. সংশ্লিষ্ট বিষয়ের উপর ব্যক্তিগত বা দলীয়ভাবে টেক্সট পড়া ও সংশ্লিষ্টউপকরণসংরহকরেনিয়েআসা
- 67. দলীয় আলোচনার ভিত্তিতে যৌথ বিবৃতি ও কর্তৃপক্ষেরকাছেচিঠিলেখা
- 70. বাস্তবায়নে: অনেকসংগঠন। অন্যতম- EIBP, BACE, Adult Literacy resource Instituute
- 71. পদ্ধতি: Freirean Language Literacy Techniqe
- 72. কার্যক্রম: ESL
- 73. ইস্যুভিত্তিকসংলাপ- অভিবাসনআইন, স্বাস্থ্য, প্যারেন্টিং, সহিংসতা
- 74. গ্রাফিক্সঅংকন
- 75. গ্রাফিক্সের বিভিন্ন প্রতীকের বদলে তাতে শব্দ বসানো
- 78. মহানজনদেরশোষণথেকেমুক্তিএবংসামাজিকঅবস্থান, সম্মান ও আত্ম-মর্যাদাবোধেরউন্নয়ন
- 81. বাস্তবায়নে: Participatory Institue for Development Alternative (PIDA)
- 82. পদ্ধতি: Participatory Action Research (PAR)
- 83. কার্যক্রম: Self Reliant Rural Development
- 88. নিপীড়িতদের আত্মসচেতনীকরণ প্রক্রিয়া কে বা কারা প্রণোদিত করবে এবং এই প্রক্রিয়ায় কে সহায়তা করবেতারসুস্পষ্টদিক-নির্দেশনাদেননা।
- 92. তথ্যপঞ্জি ৯. রিফ্লেক্ট ডেভেলপমেন্ট ইউনিট, রিফ্লেক্ট: সামাজিক রূপান্তরের জন্য শিক্ষা, একশন এইড বাংলাদেশ। 10. Paulo Freire, Pedagogy of the Oppressed, Penguin Books, 1972. 11. Reflect for ESOL, Actionaid, London, retrieved from on August 14, 2011. 12. A. D. Bebbington & G. H. Bebbington, Development Alternatives: Practice, Dilemmas and Theory, Colorado, USA, 2000. 13. PayalArora, The Poor Don’t Need Another Prophet: A People-Centered Approach to Microfinance and Education in Bolivia, Columbia, USA, 2006. 14. SusantaTilkaratna, Grassroot Self-development in Srilanka, 1984. 15. http://www.reflect-action.org/africa 16. http://www.freire.org/about/who-we-are/ তথ্যপঞ্জি
- 94. যদি কোনপ্রশ্ন থাকে ?
Editor's Notes
- Picture with cutout artistic effects(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout and then click Blank. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the FormatPicture dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 4.42” and the widthis set to 10”.To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Top. Click Align Center.Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click ArtisticEffects, and then click Cutout (fifth row, first option from the left).Also under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Color, and then under Recolor click Washout.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select the same picture and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Format Picture dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image to focus on the main subject in the picture. (Example is set to 4.5” and the widthis set to 4.5”).To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click ArtisticEffects in the left pane, in the Artistic Effects pane, click the button next to Artistic Effect, and then click Cutout (fifth row, first option from the left). Also in the FormatPicture dialog box, in the LineStyle tab, do the following:In the Width box, enter 15 pt.In the Captype list, select Square.In the Jointype list, select Miter.Also in the FormatPicture dialog box, in the LineColor tab, click the button next to Color and click MoreColors. In the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 35, Green: 36, and Blue: 22.Also in the FormatPicture dialog box, in the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click InsideCenter. Also in the FormatPicture dialog box, in the Glow and Soft Edges tab, under Glow, do the following:In the Size box, enter 11 pt. Click the button next to color and click MoreColors. In the Color dialog box, on the Custom tab, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 158, Green: 152, and Blue: 38 (or any lighter color that compliments your picture). Position the second picture over the matching area in the first picture.To reproduce the shape effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle. Select the rectangle. Also on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, enter 1.8” into the Height box and enter 10” into the Width box.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Fill tab, select Gradientfill, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.In the Angle box, enter 90°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop from the left in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 100%.Select the second stop from the left in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 0%.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, in the LineColor tab, select NoLine.Press and hold CTRL, and then select picture and rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Top. Click Align Center.Click Align Selected Objects.Click AlignBottom. Also on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle. Select the rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, enter 2.82” into the Height box and enter 10” into the Width box.Also under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the ShapeStyles group, click ShapeFill, point to Gradients, and then click MoreGradients. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the right pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear. In the Angle box, enter 90. Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until three stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop from left in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 0. Select the second stop from left in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 30.Click the button next to Color, and then click MoreColors, and then in the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 158, Green: 152, and Blue: 38. In the Transparency box, enter 46%. Select the third stop from left in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 100.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 0%. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane, and in the right pane click NoLine.Position the second rectangle below the first rectangle, about 1/3 from the bottom of the slide.Select the second, color picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Bring to Front.To reproduce the text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox, and then on the slide drag to draw your text box.Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, select SegoePrint from the Font list, and then select 36 pt. from the FontSize list. Position the text box to the right of the second, smaller picture.
- Animated title moves behind picture(Intermediate)To reproduce the shape effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Home tab, in theDrawing group, clickShapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following: In the ShapeHeight box, enter 3.17”.In the ShapeWidth box, enter 9.5”.Drag the rectangle slightly above the middle of the slide. Select the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Left.Under DrawingTools, on theFormat tab, in the ShapeStyles group, click the next to ShapeOutline, and then click NoOutline.Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the ShapeStyles group, click the FormatShape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.In the Angle box, enter 0. Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Orange, Accent 6, Darker 50% (fifth row, 10th option from the left).Select the next stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Orange, Accent 6, Darker 25% (fourth row, 10th option from the left).To reproduce the “heading” text box on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, select TextBox. On the slide, drag to draw a text box.Enter the heading text, and then select text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Calibri.In the FontSize box, enter 38.Click Bold.Click the arrow next to FontColor, and then under ThemeColors click Orange, Accent 6, Darker 25% (fourth row, 10th option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click AlignTextLeft.Drag the text box just above the rectangle, in the right half of the slide. To reproduce the second text box on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. On the slide, drag to draw a text box.Enter three lines of text with paragraph breaks, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Calibri.In the FontSize list, select 28.Click Bold.Click the arrow next to FontColor, and then under ThemeColors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click the Paragraph dialog box launcher. In the Paragraph dialog box, do the following:On the Indents and Spacing tab, under General, select Left in the Alignment box.Under Spacing, select 12 in the After box.Drag the second text box onto the rectangle, below the “heading” text box. To reproduce the full-color picture on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Images group, clickPicture. In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 5.08” and the widthis set to 2.61”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.Also in the Format Picturedialog box, click Glow and Soft Edges in the left pane, and then, in the Glow and Soft Edges pane, do the following:Under Glow, click the button next to Presets, and then click Blue, 5 pt glow Accent color 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Drag the full-color picture on top of the rectangle, to the left of the text boxes. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Top. To reproduce the second picture on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the InsertPicture dialog box, select the same picture, and then click Insert. On the slide, select the picture. On the slide, select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 2.44” and the widthis set to 2.61”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, drag the new picture directly below the first one, and then, in the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, under Picture Position, adjust the Offset X and Offset Y settings to align the content of the two images so that they appear continuous.Also in the FormatPicture dialog box, click Picture Corrections in the left pane, and in the Picture Corrections pane, under Brightness and Contrast, do the following:In the Brightness box, enter 70%.In the Contrast box, enter -70%.Select the smaller picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Bottom. Press and hold CTRL, and then select both pictures. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center. To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the slide, select the “heading” text box. On the Animations tab, in the AdvancedAnimation group, click AddAnimation, and then under Entrance click Fade.On the Animations tab, in the Timing group, in the Start list, select WithPrevious.On the Animations tab, in the Timing group, in the Duration box, enter 2. On the Animations tab, in the Timing group, in the Delay box, enter 1.5.On the slide, select the “heading” text box. On the Animations tab, in the AdvancedAnimation group, click AddAnimation, and then under Motion Paths click Lines.On the Animations tab, in the Timing group, in the Start list, select WithPrevious.On the Animations tab, in the Timing group, in the Duration box, enter 2. On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click Left.On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click EffectOptions, and then click Reverse Path Direction.On the slide, select the motion path for the “heading” text box,point to the starting point (green arrow) of the motion path until the cursor becomes a two-headed arrow. Press and hold SHIFT, and then drag the starting pointabout 1.5” off the left edge of the slide. (Note: If your lines of text are longer than in the example above, you may need to further increase the length of the motion path. )On the slide, select the second text box. On the slide, select the “heading” text box. On the Animations tab, in the AdvancedAnimation group, click AddAnimation, and then under Entrance click Fade.On the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click the Show Additional Effect Options dialog box launcher. In the Fade dialog box, do the following:On the Effect tab, in the Animate text list, select By Letter.In the % delay between letters box, enter 5.On the Timing tab, in the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration list, select 0.5 seconds (VeryFast).On the TextAnimation tab, in the Grouptext list, select By 1st Level Paragraphs.To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:One the Design tab, in the Background group, click Background Styles, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Radial.Click the button next to Direction, and then click From Center (third option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until three stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 0%. Select the next stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 40%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 0%. Select the next stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, click More Colors, and then in the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 232, Green: 227, and Blue: 216.
- Picture with cutout artistic effects(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout and then click Blank. On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the FormatPicture dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 4.42” and the widthis set to 10”.To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Top. Click Align Center.Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click ArtisticEffects, and then click Cutout (fifth row, first option from the left).Also under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Adjust group, click Color, and then under Recolor click Washout.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select the same picture and then click Insert.Select the picture. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Format Picture dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image to focus on the main subject in the picture. (Example is set to 4.5” and the widthis set to 4.5”).To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click ArtisticEffects in the left pane, in the Artistic Effects pane, click the button next to Artistic Effect, and then click Cutout (fifth row, first option from the left). Also in the FormatPicture dialog box, in the LineStyle tab, do the following:In the Width box, enter 15 pt.In the Captype list, select Square.In the Jointype list, select Miter.Also in the FormatPicture dialog box, in the LineColor tab, click the button next to Color and click MoreColors. In the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 35, Green: 36, and Blue: 22.Also in the FormatPicture dialog box, in the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click InsideCenter. Also in the FormatPicture dialog box, in the Glow and Soft Edges tab, under Glow, do the following:In the Size box, enter 11 pt. Click the button next to color and click MoreColors. In the Color dialog box, on the Custom tab, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 158, Green: 152, and Blue: 38 (or any lighter color that compliments your picture). Position the second picture over the matching area in the first picture.To reproduce the shape effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle. Select the rectangle. Also on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, enter 1.8” into the Height box and enter 10” into the Width box.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Fill tab, select Gradientfill, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.In the Angle box, enter 90°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop from the left in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 100%.Select the second stop from the left in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 0%.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, in the LineColor tab, select NoLine.Press and hold CTRL, and then select picture and rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Top. Click Align Center.Click Align Selected Objects.Click AlignBottom. Also on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle. Select the rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, enter 2.82” into the Height box and enter 10” into the Width box.Also under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the ShapeStyles group, click ShapeFill, point to Gradients, and then click MoreGradients. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the right pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear. In the Angle box, enter 90. Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until three stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop from left in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 0. Select the second stop from left in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 30.Click the button next to Color, and then click MoreColors, and then in the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 158, Green: 152, and Blue: 38. In the Transparency box, enter 46%. Select the third stop from left in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 100.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 0%. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane, and in the right pane click NoLine.Position the second rectangle below the first rectangle, about 1/3 from the bottom of the slide.Select the second, color picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Bring to Front.To reproduce the text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox, and then on the slide drag to draw your text box.Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, select SegoePrint from the Font list, and then select 36 pt. from the FontSize list. Position the text box to the right of the second, smaller picture.
- Custom animation effects: page turns in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the SizeandPosition dialog box, on the Size tab, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then clickDuplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Sizeand Position dialog box launcher. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (to match the example above, enter Introduction), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animations group, click CustomAnimation. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the first animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 1 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the second animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 2 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the third animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 2 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the fourth animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 3 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- Custom animation effects: page turns in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the SizeandPosition dialog box, on the Size tab, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then clickDuplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Sizeand Position dialog box launcher. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (to match the example above, enter Introduction), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animations group, click CustomAnimation. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the first animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 1 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the second animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 2 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the third animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 2 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the fourth animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 3 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- Custom animation effects: page turns in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the SizeandPosition dialog box, on the Size tab, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then clickDuplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Sizeand Position dialog box launcher. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (to match the example above, enter Introduction), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animations group, click CustomAnimation. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the first animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 1 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the second animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 2 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the third animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 2 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the fourth animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 3 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- Custom animation effects: page turns in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the SizeandPosition dialog box, on the Size tab, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then clickDuplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Sizeand Position dialog box launcher. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (to match the example above, enter Introduction), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animations group, click CustomAnimation. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the first animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 1 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the second animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 2 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the third animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 2 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the fourth animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 3 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- Custom animation effects: page turns in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the SizeandPosition dialog box, on the Size tab, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then clickDuplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Sizeand Position dialog box launcher. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (to match the example above, enter Introduction), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animations group, click CustomAnimation. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the first animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 1 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the second animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 2 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the third animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 2 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the fourth animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 3 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
- Custom animation effects: page turns in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the SizeandPosition dialog box, on the Size tab, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then clickDuplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Sizeand Position dialog box launcher. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (to match the example above, enter Introduction), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animations group, click CustomAnimation. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the first animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 1 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the second animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 2 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the third animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 2 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the fourth animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 3 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- Custom animation effects: page turns in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the SizeandPosition dialog box, on the Size tab, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then clickDuplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Sizeand Position dialog box launcher. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (to match the example above, enter Introduction), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animations group, click CustomAnimation. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the first animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 1 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the second animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 2 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the third animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 2 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the fourth animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 3 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- Custom animation effects: page turns in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the SizeandPosition dialog box, on the Size tab, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then clickDuplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Sizeand Position dialog box launcher. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (to match the example above, enter Introduction), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animations group, click CustomAnimation. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the first animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 1 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the second animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 2 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the third animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 2 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the fourth animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 3 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- Recolored pictures in shapes with captions(Intermediate)To reproduce the first shape effect from the left on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 2.75” and the widthis set to 2.92”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the down arrow under Crop, and then click Crop to Shape. Under Rectangles, click Round Diagonal Corner Rectangle (ninth option from the left).Also on the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Diagonal Top Left (first row, first option from the left). Also on the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Glow, and then under GlowVariations, click Blue, 8 pt glow, Accent color 1 (second row, first option from the left).Also on the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Glow, point to More Glow Colors, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). Also on the Format tab, in theAdjust group, click Color, and then under Recolor, select Aqua, Accent color 5 Light (third row, sixth option from the left). Select the rectangle. Drag the left yellow diamond adjustment handle to the top left corner to remove the rounding on the top left and bottom right corners. Drag the right yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the left to round the top right and bottom left corners. To reproduce the middle shape effect from the left on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, resize or crop the image so that the height is set to 2.75” and the widthis set to 4.32”. To crop the picture, click Crop in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Crop position, enter values into the Height, Width, Left, and Top boxes. To resize the picture, click Size in the left pane, and in the right pane, under Size and rotate, enter values into the Height and Width boxes.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the down arrow under Crop, and then click Crop to Shape. Under Rectangles, click Round Diagonal Corner Rectangle (ninth option from the left).Also on the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Diagonal Top Left (first row, first option from the left). Also on the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Glow, and then under GlowVariations, click Accent color 1, 8pt glow (second row, first option from the left).Also on the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Glow, point to More Glow Colors, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). Also on the Format tab, in theAdjust group, click Color, and then under Recolor, select Blue, Accent color 5 Light (third row, sixth option from the left). Select the rectangle. Drag the left yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the left, to decrease rounding on the top left and bottom right corners. Drag the rectangle on the slide to position it to the right of the first rectangle. To reproduce the third shape effect from the left on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Diagonal Corner Rectangle (ninth option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 2.75”.In the Shape Width box, enter 2.25”. Drag the rectangle on the slide to position it to the right of the second picture-filled rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, click Solid fill in the right pane, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Olive Green, Accent 3, Darker 25% (fifth row, seventh option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 55%.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then select No line in the right pane. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane, and then do the following in the right pane:Click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Diagonal Top Left (first row, first option from the left).Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 65%.In the Blur box, enter 5 pt.In the Angle box, enter 225°.In the Distancebox, enter4 pt.On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, select Trebuchet MS from the Font list, select 22 pt. from the FontSize list, and then select White, Background 1from the FontColor list.Also on the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.Drag the text box onto the olive green rounded rectangle. Press and hold CTRL and select both objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.Press and hold CTRL and select the two pictures and the new group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle.Click Distribute Horizontally.To reproduce the text below the shapes, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, select Trebuchet MS from the Font list, select 18 pt. from the FontSize list, and then select Black, Text 1, Lighter 50%from the FontColor list.Also on the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.To reproduce the white vertical line on the left side of the text box, select the space to the left of the text.On the Insert tab, in the Symbols group, click Symbol.In the Symbol dialog box, do the following:In the Font list, select (normal text).In the Subset list, select Latin-1 Supplement.In the Character Code box, enter 007C to select Vertical Line, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the vertical line. On the Home tab, in the Font group, click the button next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and click Duplicate.Drag the text boxes under each of the picture-filled rectangles. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following: Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the right pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Diagonal – Top Left to Bottom Right (first row, first option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 45°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until threestops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 0%. Select the second stop, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 52%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Tan, Background 2 (first row, third option from the left). In the Transparency box, enter 0%. Select the thirdstop, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, click More Colors, and then in the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 170, Green: 164, Blue: 140.In the Transparency box, enter 0%.
- Custom animation effects: picture triptych, slide 5, picture returns to right(Intermediate)Tip: For the effects on this slide, use pictures with a “portrait” (vertical) orientation. For best results, use this slide in combination with the previous slide in this PowerPoint template. You will need to use drawing guides to reproduce the effects in this slide. To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 3.5” and the Width box is set to 2.35”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Picture dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane. In the Line Color pane, select Solid line, click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 25% (fourth row, second option from the left). Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click Line Style in the left pane, and then in the Line Style pane, in the Width box, enter 8 pt.Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Perspective, click Perspective Diagonal Upper Right (first row, second option from the left).Also in the Format Picture dialog box, click 3-D Formatin the left pane, and then do the following in the 3-D Format tab:Under Bevel, click the button next to Top, and then under Bevel click Relaxed Inset (first row, second option from the left). Next to Top, in the Width box, enter 8 pt, and in the Height box, enter 6 pt. Under Depth, click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 25% (fourth row, second option from the left). In the Depth box, enter 12 pt. Under Surface, click the button next to Material, and then under Standard click Warm Matte (second option from the left). On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Drag the duplicate picture to the right on the slide. Right-click the duplicate picture, and click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and click Insert.Select the first picture. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Drag the duplicate picture to the left on the slide. Right-click the duplicate picture, and click Change Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and click Insert.Select the picture on the left side of the slide. On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Picture dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click 3-D Rotation in the left pane. In the 3-D Rotation pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Perspective, click Perspective Heroic Extreme Right (third row, third option from the left).Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 3.8” and the Width box is set to 2.53”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Select the picture on the right side of the slide. On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Picture dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, click 3-D Rotation in the left pane. In the 3-D Rotation pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Perspective, click Perspective Heroic Extreme Left (third row, second option from the left).Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 4.17” and the Width box is set to 2.78”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. Select the picture on the right side of the slide. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click Paste, and then click Duplicate.Select the duplicate picture. On the Home tab, Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Center.Click Align Middle.Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotate, do the following:In the Height box, enter 5.83”. In the Width box, enter 3.89”.Under PictureTools, on the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to 3-D Rotation, and then click No Rotation.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background,and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00.)On the Animations tab, in the Animations group, click CustomAnimation.Select the picture on the right side of the slide.In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following: Click Add Effect, point to Motion Paths, and then click Left.Under Modify: Left, in the Start list, select With Previous.Under Modify: Left, in theSpeed list, select Fast.On the slide, select the right motion path. Point to the endpoint (red arrow) of the selected motion path until the cursor becomes a two-headed arrow. Drag the endpoint to the intersection of the horizontal and vertical drawing guides at the center of the slide. Right-click the motion path and click Reverse Path Direction. Select the picture on the right side of the slide. In the Custom Animation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Subtle, click Fade, and then click OK. Under Modify: Fade, in the Start list, select With Previous.Under Modify: Fade, in the Speed list, select Fast. Select the large duplicate picture in the front center of the slide. In the Custom Animation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Exit Effect dialog box, under Subtle, click Fade, and then click OK. Under Modify: Fade, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In the Speed list, select Fast. Click Add Effect, point to Motion Paths, and then click Right. Under Modify: Right, do the following:In the Start list, select With Previous.In theSpeed list, select Fast.Also in the Custom Animation task pane, select the fourth animation effect (right motion path). On the slide, point to the endpoint (red arrow) of the selected motion path until the cursor becomes a two-headed arrow. Drag the endpointto the same position as the endpoint for the first motion path. Select the large duplicate picture in the front center of the slide. In the Custom Animation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Emphasis, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Emphasis Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Grow/Shrink, and then click OK. Under Modify: Grow/Shrink, in the Start list, select With Previous.Under Modify: Grow/Shrink, in the Size list, in the Custom box, enter 70%, and then press ENTER. Under Modify: Grow/Shrink, in the Speed list, select Fast.Right-click the slide background,and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen. To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left). Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until four stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 5% (sixth row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 24%.Click the button next to Color, clickMoreColors, and then in the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 125, Green: 121, and Blue: 107.Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 35%.Click the button next to Color, clickMoreColors, and then in the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red:125, Green: 121, Blue: 107.Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 90%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 5% (sixth row, second option from the left).
- Custom animation effects: drawing map lines(Intermediate)Tip: The instructions below reproduce a route on a map containing three points. You can add more points to your map, if necessary. If your points are positioned differently than in the example above, you will need to modify the direction of the wipe animation effect for each line between the points, so that the wipe follows the direction of your route. (In the Custom Animation task pane, select the wipe effect for each freeform line, and then under Modify: Wipe, in the Direction list, select From Left, From Right, From Top, or From Bottom.)To reproduce the picture and shape effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then clickBlank. On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture or map, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 3.89” and the Width box is set to 9.5”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle.Click Align Center.Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Picture Styles group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Picture dialog box, in the left pane, click Picture. In the Picture pane, click the button next to Recolor, and then under Light Variations click Backgroundcolor2 Light (first option from the left).Also in the Format Picture dialog box, in the left pane, click Shadow. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Outer click OffsetCenter (second row, second option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes,and then under BasicShapes click Oval (first row, second option from the left). Press and hold SHIFT to constrain the shape to a circle, and then on the slide, drag to draw a circle.Select the circle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.17”.In the Shape Width box, enter 0.17”.Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, do the following:Click the arrow next to Shape Fill, and then under Theme Colors click Orange, Accent 6, Darker 25% (fifth row, 10th option from the left).Click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then click No Outline.Click Shape Effects, point to Preset, and then under Presets click Preset 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click Shape Effects, point to Glow, and then under Glow Variations click Accent color 2, 8 pt glow (second row, second option from the left).Select the circle. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process once more for a total of three circles.Drag the first circle you created (starting point) to the left side of the slide.Drag the second circle you created (first destination point) to the right side of the slide.Drag the third circle you created (second destination point) to the middle of the slide, below the first two circles. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes and then under Lines click Freeform (11th option from the left). Click the starting point (top left circle), and then click more points to create a freeform line that follows the route to the first destination point (top right circle). Press ESC after clicking the first destination point to finish the freeform line. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes and then under Lines click Freeform (11th option from the left). Click the first destination point (top right circle), and then click more points to create a freeform line that follows the route to the second destination point (bottom middle circle). Press ESC after clicking the second destination point to finish the freeform line.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes and then under Lines click Freeform (11th option from the left). Click the second destination point (bottom middle circle), and then click more points to create a freeform line that follows the route back to the starting point (top left circle). Press ESC after clicking the starting point to finish the freeform line.Press and hold CTRL, and then select all three circles. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Bring to Front.Press and hold CTRL, select all three freeform lines. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, do the following: Click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Click the arrow next to Shape Outline, point to Weight, and then click 4 ½ pt. Click Shape Effects, point to Glow, and then under Glow Variations click Accent color 2, 8 pt glow (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animations group, click CustomAnimation.On the slide, select the starting point (top left circle). In the Custom Animationtask pane, do the following:Click AddEffect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Subtle, click Faded Zoom, and then click OK.Under Modify: Faded Zoom, in the Start list, select After Previous.Under Modify: Faded Zoom, in the Speed, list, select Very Fast.On the slide, select the freeform line connecting the starting point (top left circle) and the first destination point (top right circle). In the Custom Animationtask pane, do the following:Click AddEffect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe, and then click OK.Under Modify: Wipe, in the Start list, select After Previous. Under Modify: Wipe, in the Direction list, select From Left.Under Modify: Wipe, in the Speed list, select Fast.On the slide, select the first destination point (top right circle). In the Custom Animationtask pane, do the following:Click AddEffect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Subtle, click Faded Zoom, and then click OK.Under Modify: Faded Zoom, in the Start list, select After Previous.Under Modify: Faded Zoom, in the Speed list, select Very Fast.On the slide, select the freeform line connecting the first (top right circle) and second (bottom middle circle) destination points. In the Custom Animationtask pane, do the following:Click AddEffect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe, and then click OK.Under Modify: Wipe, in the Start list, select After Previous.Under Modify: Wipe, in the Direction list, select From Right.Under Modify: Wipe, in the Speed list, select Fast.On the slide, select the second destination point (bottom middle circle). In the Custom Animationtask pane, do the following:Click AddEffect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Subtle, click Faded Zoom, and then click OK.Under Modify: Faded Zoom, in the Start list, select After Previous.Under Modify: Faded Zoom, in the Speed list, select Very Fast.On the slide, select the freeform line connecting the second destination point (bottom middle circle) and starting point (top left circle). In the Custom Animationtask pane, do the following:Click AddEffect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe, and then click OK.Under Modify: Wipe, in the Start list, select After Previous.Under Modify: Wipe, in the Direction list, select From Right.Under Modify: Wipe, in the Speed list, select Fast.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until four stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left). Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 30%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 62%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).
- Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
- Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
- Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
- Timeline graphic with pictures(Intermediate)To reproduce the picture effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Insert tab, in the Images group, click Picture. In the Insert Picture dialog box, select a picture and then click Insert. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher.In the Format Picture dialog box, in the Crop tab, in the Crop position section, crop the picture to the following values:Width: 9”Height: 2.65”Left: .5”Top: .5”Adjust the values in the Picture position section to properly position the picture within the cropped image.Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Size group, click Crop, click Crop to Shape, and then under Rectangles click Round Same Side Corner Rectangle (eighth option from the left).Drag the top yellow diamond adjustment handle slightly to the right to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. Under Picture Tools, in the Format tab, in the Picture Styles group, click Picture Effects, point to Shadow, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left).To reproduce the timeline effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Rectangle.On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.In the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, do the following:In the Size tab, set the Width of the rectangle to 9”, and then set the Height to .73”In the Line Color tab, select No line.In the Fill tab, select Solid fill, and then set the following values:Color: Black, Text 1, Lighter 35%Transparency: 20%In the Shadow tab, click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner click Inside Center (second row, second option from the left). Drag the rectangle onto the bottom of the picture. Press and hold SHIFT and select the rectangle and the picture. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, and then do the following: Click Align and then click Align Selected Objects. Click Align and then click Align Center.Click Align and then click Align Bottom.Click Align and then click Align to Slide.Click Align and then click Align Center. To reproduce the month labels for the timeline, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box (this example uses months of the year, so you might type “JAN”), and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT Condensedfont and a font size of18.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Center.Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat the process until there is a total of six text boxes. On the slide, drag the text boxes onto the rectangle to form a row. Press and hold CTRL and select all six text boxes and the rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Middle. Press and hold CTRL and cancel the selection of the rectangle, keeping the text boxes selected. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align to Slide.Click Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally. To change the text in the duplicate text boxes, click in each text box and edit the text (this example uses months of the year).To change the color of a text box, select the text in the text box, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). To reproduce the vertical line with text effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Line, and then, in the slide, draw a line.On the Home tab, in the drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher.In the Format Shape dialog box, in the Size tab, under Size and rotate, set the following values:Height: 1.2”Width: 0”Rotation: 0˚Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Style tab, set the Width to .75 pt and then, under Arrow settings, set the following values:Begin type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).Begin size: Arrow L Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).End type: Oval Arrow (second row, third option from the left).End size: Arrow R Size 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, in the Line Color tab, select Solid line, and then set the Color option to White, Background 1, Darker 25% (fourth row, first option from the left).Close the Format Shape dialog box.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate line. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Height box, enter 2.6”.Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Click Align, and then click Align Top.Drag both lines together on the slide to position them under one of the timeline month labels. Press and hold SHIFT and select both lines and the text box they are under. On the Format tab, in the Arrange group, do the following:Click Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Click Align, and then click Align Center.Create the subtext boxes:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box.Type the text you want to appear in the text box, and then select the text. Format the text in the textbox using the following steps:On the Home tab, in the Font group, choose the Gill Sans MT font and a font size of 20.Click the arrow next to Font Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Align Text Left to align the text left in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box to position it to the right of the vertical line. To reproduce the background on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then clickFormat Background.In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then set the following values:Type:LinearDirection:Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Angle: 90˚Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear on the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop, and then set the following values:Position: 50%Color: Black, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop, and then set the following values:Position: 99%.Color:Black, Text 1, Lighter 35% (third row, second option from the left).
- Custom animation effects: page turns in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the SizeandPosition dialog box, on the Size tab, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then clickDuplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Sizeand Position dialog box launcher. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (to match the example above, enter Introduction), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animations group, click CustomAnimation. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the first animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 1 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the second animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 2 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the third animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 2 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the fourth animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 3 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- Custom animation effects: page turns in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the SizeandPosition dialog box, on the Size tab, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then clickDuplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Sizeand Position dialog box launcher. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (to match the example above, enter Introduction), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animations group, click CustomAnimation. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the first animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 1 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the second animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 2 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the third animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 2 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the fourth animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 3 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- Custom animation effects: page turns in open book(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. For instructions on animating an opening book cover, refer to the previous slide (Custom animation effects: open book) for instructions.To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickRed Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline. On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left page 1 group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, the first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next toPresets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 1. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the SelectionandVisibility pane, select the Inside-left page 1group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the SizeandPosition dialog box, on the Size tab, under Sizeandrotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.On the slide, drag theInside-right group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.Drag the text box onto the right-side page to the right of the vertical drawing guide. If the text is wider than the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page 3group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow to the right of Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process until there is a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, andthen do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then click Distribute Horizontally.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group. On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left).On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of theDrawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until five stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 4 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 5 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickWhite, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the page edge in the Inside-left page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the vertical line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the line near the edge of the left-side page (white rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the rectangle and the straight connector (line).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then clickDuplicate.With the duplicate group still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the new Inside-right group. On the slide, drag the selected group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Sizeand Position dialog box launcher. Select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text boxin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box untilthe left edge of the textis 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge of the text is against the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to adjust the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edgesin the Inside-right page 2group on this slide, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines and the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then selectthe Inside-right group, the text box, and the picture.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 2.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the duplicate group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the picture in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Illustrations group, click Picture.In the InsertPicture dialog box, select a picture, and then click Insert.On the slide, select the picture. Under Picture Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, resize or crop the picture as needed so that under Size and rotate, the Height box is set to 1.4” and the Width box is set to 2.1”. Resize the picture under Size and rotate by entering values into the Height and Width boxes. Crop the picture under Crop from by entering values into the Left, Right, Top, and Bottom boxes. On the slide, drag the picture until the left edge is 0.5” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the top edge is 0.25” below the horizontal drawing guide.To reproduce the text box in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw the text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Bodoni MT Condensed.In the Font Size list, select 16.On the slide, drag the text box until the right edgeof the text is 0.5” to the left of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.25” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-left page 3 group, do the following: In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left group you just created. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. On the slide, drag the duplicate line until it is very close to the original line. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the two straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the leftedge of the group of lines is touching the left edge of the rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, the text box, and the picture. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left page 3.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click More Rotation Options. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.On the slide, drag the group until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle. To reproduce the text box in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click TextBox. Drag to draw a text box on the slide.Enter text in the text box (to match the example above, enter Introduction), and then select the text. On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 0.75” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide.If the text is too wide for the page, drag the adjustment handles on the text box to decrease the width, and then repeat the previous step to reposition. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right page1group on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right group you just created.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Ungroup.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the straight connector (line) that you just ungrouped from the page.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines. On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the six straight connectors (lines). On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Horizontally.Click Align Middle. With the group of lines still selected, on the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickGroup.On the slide, drag the group until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the page.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the new group of lines, the rectangle, and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.Also in the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right page 1.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides. In the Grid and Guides dialog box, under Guide settings, clear Display drawing guides on screen.On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, clear Ruler.In the Selection and Visibility pane, the final arrangement of the six groups of objects should be the following (from top to bottom):Inside-right page 1Inside-left page 3Inside-right page 2 Inside-left page 2Inside-right page 3Inside-left page 1To move a group of objects up in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.To move a group of objects down in the Selectionand Visibility pane, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the group of objects.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then clickSend Backward.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:On the Animations tab, in the Animations group, click CustomAnimation. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 1 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the first animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 1 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious. In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the second animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 2 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-right page 2 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Exit, and then click MoreEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Moderate, click Collapse.Select the third animation effect (collapse effect for the Inside-right page 2 group). Under Modify: Collapse,do the following:In the Start list, select On Click.In the Direction list, select To Left.In the Speed list, select Fast. In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left page 3 group. In the CustomAnimation task pane, do the following:Click Add Effect, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEffects. In the Add Entrance Effect dialog box, under Moderate, click Stretch.Select the fourth animation effect (stretch effect for the Inside-left page 3 group). Under Modify: Stretch,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Direction list, select FromRight. In the Speed list, select Fast. To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, fifth option from the left).
- Animated open book effect(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce thefirst shape in the Book cover group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following: In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Right (first row, fourth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 0°. Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,click Red, Accent 2, Darker 25%(fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click 3-DFormat in the left pane, and then in the 3-DFormat pane, do the following:Under Bevel, click the button next to Top, and then under Bevel click Circle (first row, first option from the left). Next to Top, in the Width box, enter 4 pt, and in the Height box, enter 4 pt.Under Surface, click the button next to Material, and then under Standard click WarmMatte (second option from the left).Also under Surface, click the button next to Lighting, and then under Neutral, click ThreePoint (first row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the rounded rectangle until the left edge is against thevertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce thesecond shape in the Book cover group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then clickDuplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate rectangle untilthe left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide. Click Align Middle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 0.73”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following: In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,clickBlack, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 50%.Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,clickBlack, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 100%.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click 3-DFormat in the left pane. In the 3-D Format pane, under Bevel, click the button next to Top, and then under NoBevel, click None.To reproduce thethird shape (first small rectangle on the book spine) in the Book cover group on this slide, do the following:Select the first, larger rectangle on the slide. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.Select the third, duplicate rectangle.Under Drawing tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.08”. In the Shape Width box, enter 0.73”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following: In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Diagonal (first row, third option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 135°.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click 3-DFormat in the left pane, and then in the 3-D Format pane, do the following:Under Bevel, next to Top, in the Width box, enter 3 pt, and in the Height box, enter 3 pt.Under Surface, click the button next to Lighting, and then under Neutral click Soft (first row, third option from the left).To reproduce therest of the shapes (other small rectangles on the book spine) in the Book cover group on this slide, do the following:Select the third, smaller rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of four thin, rounded rectangles. To position the four thin, rounded rectangles on the book spine, do the following:Drag the first rectangle 1.75” above the horizontal drawing guide, with the left edge touching the vertical drawing guide.Drag the second rectangle 0.75” above the horizontal drawing guide, with the left edge touching the vertical drawing guide.Drag the third rectangle 0.75” below the horizontal drawing guide, with the left edge touching the vertical drawing guide.Drag the fourth rectangle 1.75” below the horizontal drawing guide, with the left edge touching the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Book cover. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left pagesgroup on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following: In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°. Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,click Red Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane, and then in the LineColor pane, select No line.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical guideline.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left pages group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following: In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°. Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors, click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors, click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors, click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors, click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColor,s click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane, and then in the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge touches the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.Press and hold CTRL, and then in the Selection and Visibility task pane, select the rectangle and the rounded rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility task pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left pages.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right pages with text group, do the following:In the SelectionandVisibility task pane, select the Inside-left pages group. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility task pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right pages.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. To reproduce the text effects in the Inside-rightpages with text group, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw a text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. (Note: To reproduce the example above, enter Introduction.) On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 1” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right pages with text group, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under ThemeColors, click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility task pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select all six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then clickAlign Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then clickDistribute Horizontally. Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group.On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility taskpane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right pages group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility task pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right pages with text.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Book cover group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Bring to Front.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left pages group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Book cover group. On the Animations tab, in the AdvancedAnimation group, click AddAnimation, point to Exit, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.On the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 second.Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left pages group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, lick AddAnimation, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the AddEntranceEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.On the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, select 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color list, and then under Theme Colors,clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, second option from the left).
- Animated open book effect(Difficult)Tip: You will need to use drawing guides and the ruler to position the objects on this slide. To display the drawing guides and the ruler, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Slides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.Right-click the slide background area, and then click Grid and Guides.In the Grid and Guides dialog box, underGuidesettings, select Display drawing guides on screen. (Note: One horizontal and one vertical guide will display on the slide at 0.00, the default position. The spine of the book will be aligned to the vertical drawing guide.) On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select Ruler. To reproduce thefirst shape in the Book cover group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Select the rounded rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following: In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Right (first row, fourth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 0°. Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,click Red, Accent 2, Darker 25%(fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane. In the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click 3-DFormat in the left pane, and then in the 3-DFormat pane, do the following:Under Bevel, click the button next to Top, and then under Bevel click Circle (first row, first option from the left). Next to Top, in the Width box, enter 4 pt, and in the Height box, enter 4 pt.Under Surface, click the button next to Material, and then under Standard click WarmMatte (second option from the left).Also under Surface, click the button next to Lighting, and then under Neutral, click ThreePoint (first row, first option from the left).On the slide, drag the rounded rectangle until the left edge is against thevertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce thesecond shape in the Book cover group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then clickDuplicate.On the slide, drag the duplicate rectangle untilthe left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide. Click Align Middle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 0.73”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following: In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°.Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,clickBlack, Text 1(first row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 50%.Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,clickBlack, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 100%.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click 3-DFormat in the left pane. In the 3-D Format pane, under Bevel, click the button next to Top, and then under NoBevel, click None.To reproduce thethird shape (first small rectangle on the book spine) in the Book cover group on this slide, do the following:Select the first, larger rectangle on the slide. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.Select the third, duplicate rectangle.Under Drawing tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.08”. In the Shape Width box, enter 0.73”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following: In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Diagonal (first row, third option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 135°.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click 3-DFormat in the left pane, and then in the 3-D Format pane, do the following:Under Bevel, next to Top, in the Width box, enter 3 pt, and in the Height box, enter 3 pt.Under Surface, click the button next to Lighting, and then under Neutral click Soft (first row, third option from the left).To reproduce therest of the shapes (other small rectangles on the book spine) in the Book cover group on this slide, do the following:Select the third, smaller rectangle.On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of four thin, rounded rectangles. To position the four thin, rounded rectangles on the book spine, do the following:Drag the first rectangle 1.75” above the horizontal drawing guide, with the left edge touching the vertical drawing guide.Drag the second rectangle 0.75” above the horizontal drawing guide, with the left edge touching the vertical drawing guide.Drag the third rectangle 0.75” below the horizontal drawing guide, with the left edge touching the vertical drawing guide.Drag the fourth rectangle 1.75” below the horizontal drawing guide, with the left edge touching the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click SelectAll.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane.On the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Book cover. To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-left pagesgroup on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.5”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.On the rounded rectangle, drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to decrease the amount of rounding on the corners. On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following: In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°. Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,click Red, Accent 2, Darker 50% (sixth row, sixth option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,click Red Accent 2, Darker 25% (fifth row, sixth option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane, and then in the LineColor pane, select No line.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge is against the vertical guideline.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.To reproduce the second shape in the Inside-left pages group on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab,in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.15”.On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the FormatShape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradientfill in the Fill pane, and then do the following: In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Left (first row, fifth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 180°. Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until five stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors, click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 5%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors, click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the third stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 18%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors, click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select the fourth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 38%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColors, click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select the fifth stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 93%.Click the button next to Color, and then under ThemeColor,s click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click LineColor in the left pane, and then in the LineColor pane, select Noline.Also in the FormatShape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click OffsetRight (second row, first option from the left), and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 100%.In the Blur box, enter 4 pt.In the Angle box, enter 0°.In the Distance box, enter 3 pt.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the right edge touches the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.Press and hold CTRL, and then in the Selection and Visibility task pane, select the rectangle and the rounded rectangle to the left of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility task pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-left pages.To reproduce the first shape in the Inside-right pages with text group, do the following:In the SelectionandVisibility task pane, select the Inside-left pages group. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Rotate, and then click MoreRotationOptions. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Size tab, under Size and rotation, in the Rotation box, enter 180°.In the Selection and Visibility task pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right pages.On the slide, drag the rectangle until the left edge is against the vertical drawing guide.On the Home, tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:ClickAlign to Slide.ClickAlign Middle. To reproduce the text effects in the Inside-rightpages with text group, do the following:On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box, and then on the slide, drag to draw a text box. Enter text in the text box, and then select the text. (Note: To reproduce the example above, enter Introduction.) On the Home tab, in the Font group, do the following:In the Font list, select Vivaldi.In the Font Size list, select 18.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.On the slide, drag the text box until the left edge of the text is 1” to the right of the vertical drawing guide and the bottom edge of the text is 0.5” above the horizontal drawing guide. To reproduce the page edges in the Inside-right pages with text group, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Lines click Line (first option from the left). On the slide, press and hold SHIFT, and then drag to draw a straight, vertical line.Select the line.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, in the Shape Width box, enter 4.32”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then under ThemeColors, click White, Background 1, Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Repeat this process for a total of six lines.On the slide, drag the six lines until they are bunched together in a dense group, no wider than 0.5”. In the Selection and Visibility task pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select all six straight connectors (lines).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then clickAlign Selected Objects. Point to Align, and then clickDistribute Horizontally. Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Click Group.On the slide, drag the group of lines until the right edge of the group of lines is touching the right edge of the white rectangle to the right of the vertical drawing guide.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align to Slide.Click Align Middle.In the Selection and Visibility taskpane, press and hold CTRL, and then select the group of lines, the text box, and the Inside-right pages group.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow under Arrange, and then click Group.In the Selection and Visibility task pane, double-click the new group to edit the name, and then enter Inside-right pages with text.To reproduce the animation effects on this slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Book cover group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Bring to Front.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left pages group. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click BringForward.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Book cover group. On the Animations tab, in the AdvancedAnimation group, click AddAnimation, point to Exit, and then click MoreExitEffects. In the AddExitEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.On the Animations tab, in the Timing group, do the following:In the Start list, select WithPrevious.In the Duration box, enter 1.00 second.Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.In the Selection and Visibility pane, select the Inside-left pages group. On the Animations tab, in the Advanced Animation group, lick AddAnimation, point to Entrance, and then click MoreEntranceEffects. In the AddEntranceEffect dialog box, under Basic, click Wipe.On the Animations tab, in the Timing group,do the following:In the Start list, select AfterPrevious.In the Duration box, select 1.00 seconds. Also on the Animations tab, in the Animation group, click Effect Options, and then click From Right.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following:In the Position box, enter 63%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors,click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Select the second stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color list, and then under Theme Colors,clickBlack, Text 1, Lighter 50% (second row, second option from the left).
- 3-D rings(Intermediate)To reproduce the effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Basic Shapes click Donut (third row, second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a donut shape. Select the donut shape. Drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to decrease the width of the donut shape. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, click 4.17”.In the Shape Width box, click 4.17”.Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Fill, and then under Theme Colors click Aqua, Accent 5, Darker 25% (fifth row, ninth option from the left).Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then click No Outline. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Shape Styles group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click 3-D Format in the left pane, and then do the following in the 3-D Format pane:Under Bevel, click the button next to Top, and then under Bevel click Convex (second row, third option from the left). Next to Top, in the Width box, enter 5pt, and then in the Height box, enter 5 pt. Click the button next to Bottom, and then under Bevel click Convex (second row, third option from the left). Next to Bottom, in the Width box, enter 5 pt, and then in the Height box, enter 5 pt.Under Depth, click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Aqua, Accent 5, Darker 25% (fifth row, ninth option from the left). In the Depth box, enter 30 pt. Under Surface, click the button next to Material, and then under Special Effect click Soft Edge (second option from the left). Click the button next to Lighting, and then under Neutral click Three Point (first row, first option from the left). In the Angle box, enter 30°.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane, and then do the following in the Shadow pane:Click the button next to Presets, and then under Outer click Offset Diagonal Bottom Left (first row, third option from the left).In the Blur box, enter 11 pt. In the Angle box, enter 90°.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click 3-D Rotation in the left pane. In the 3-D Rotation pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Parallel click OffAxis 1 Top (second row, third option from the left). On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. On the slide, drag to draw a text box. Enter text in the text box (Note: Enter three spaces before and after the text), select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Franklin Gothic Medium from the Font list and then select 24 from the Font Size list. On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.Select the text box. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the WordArt Styles group, click Text Effects, point to Transform, and then under Warp click Can Down (fourth row, fourth option from the left). Drag the text box onto the donut shape.On the text box, drag the pink diamond and blue adjustment handles to adjust the amount of text warp so that it matches the curve of the donut shape. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the WordArt Styles group, click the arrow next to Text Fill, point to Gradient, and then click More Gradients. In the Format Text Effects dialog box, click Text Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Text Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Right (first row, fourth option from the left).In the Angle box, enter 0°.Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until three stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 30%.Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 77%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 Darker 15% (third row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 0%.Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifthrow, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 0%.Press and hold CTRL, and then select the donut shape and the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Press and hold CTRL, select the second donut shape and text box, and then drag on the slide slightly above and to the right of the first donut shape.Click in the second text box and edit the text.Select the second donut shape. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 3.75”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.75”.Drag the second text box onto the second donut shape.On the second text box, drag the pink diamond and blue adjustment handles to adjust the amount of text warp so that it matches the curve of the second donut shape. Select the second donut shape. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Fill, and then under Theme Colors click Purple, Accent 4, Darker 25% (fifth row, eighth option from the left).On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click 3-D Format in the left pane. In the 3-D Format pane, under Depth, click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Purple, Accent 4, Darker 25% (fifth row, eighth option from the left).Press and hold CTRL, and then select the second donut shape and text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Drag the third donut shape and text box slightly above and to the left of the second donut shape. Click the third text box and edit the text.Press and hold CTRL, and then select the third donut shape and text box. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 3.33”.In the Shape Width box, enter 3.33”.Drag the third text box onto the third donut shape.On the third text box, drag the pink diamond and blueadjustment handles to adjust the amount of text warp so that it matches the curve of the third donut shape. Select the third donut shape. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Shape Styles group, click the arrow next to Shape Fill, and then under Theme Colors click Olive Green, Accent 3, Darker 25% (fifth row, seventh option from the left). On the Home tab, in the bottom right corner of the Drawing group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click 3-D Format in the left pane. In the 3-D Format pane, under Depth, click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Olive Green, Accent 3, Darker 25% (fifth row, seventh option from the left). Select the first donut shape. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then click Send to Back.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Up (second row, second option from the left). Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 31%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, click More Colors, and then in the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 200, Green: 201, Blue: 193.
- Stacked blocks with text(Intermediate) To reproduce the shape effects on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rectangle (first option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Size in the left pane. In the Size pane, do the following:Under Size and rotate, in the Height box, enter 1.75”.In the Width box, enter 1.75”.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Position in the left pane. in the Positionpane, do the following:In the Horizontal box, enter 1.76”. In the From box, click Top Left Corner.In the Vertical box, enter 3.17”. In the From box, click Top Left Corner.Also in the Format Shapedialog box, click Fill in the left pane. In the Fill pane, select Solid fill, click the button next to Colors, and then clickMore Colors. In the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 223, Green: 96, Blue: 93.Also in the Format Shapedialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then select No line. Also in the Format Shapedialog box, click Shadow in the left pane, and then do the following in the Shadow pane:Click the button next to Presets, and then under Outer click Offset Diagonal Bottom Left (first row, third option from the left). In the Transparency box, enter 70%.In the Size box, enter 110%.In the Blur box, enter 28 pt. In the Angle box, enter 190°.In the Distance box, enter 20 pt. Also in the Format Shapedialog box, click 3-D Format in the left pane, and then do the following in the 3-D Format pane:Under Depth, in the Depth box, enter 130 pt. Under Surface, click the button next to Material, and then under Standard click Warm Matte (second option from the left). Click the button next to Lighting, and then under Neutral click Three Point (first row, first option from the left). Also in the Format Shapedialog box, click 3-D Rotation in the left pane. In the 3-D Rotation pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Parallel click Isometric Top Up (first row, third option from the left). Select the rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the second (duplicate) rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Position in the left pane. In the Positionpane, do the following:In the Horizontal box, enter 4.23”. In the From box, click Top Left Corner.In the Vertical box, enter 3.17”. In the From box, click Top Left Corner. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane. In the Fill pane, select Solid fill, click the button next to Color, and then click More Colors. In the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 247, Green: 154, and Blue: 91.Select the second rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Select the third rectangle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Position in the left pane. In the Positionpane, do the following:In the Horizontal box, enter 3”. In the From box, click Top Left Corner.In the Vertical box, enter 1”. In the From box, click Top Left Corner.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane. In the Fill pane, select Solid fill, click the button next to Color, and then click More Colors. In the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 93, Green: 199, and Blue: 217.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, and then click No Shadow. To add text to this slide, do the following: On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click Text Box. Enter text in the text box, select the text, and then on the Home tab, in the Font group, select Franklin Gothic Medium Cond from the Font list and then select 40 from the Font Size list.On the Home tab, in the Paragraph group, click Center to center the text in the text box.Select the text box. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the WordArt Styles group, click the FormatTextEffects dialog box launcher. In the FormatTextEffects dialog box, click Text Fill in the left pane. In the Text Fill pane, select Solid fill, click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1 (first row, second option from the left).Also in the FormatTextEffects dialog box, click Text Box in the left pane. In the Text Box pane, under Text layout, in the Text direction list, select Rotate all text 90°.Also in the FormatTextEffects dialog box, click 3-D Rotation in the left pane. In the 3-D Rotation pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Parallel click Isometric Top Up (first row, third option from the left). Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Position in the left pane. In the Positionpane, do the following:In the Horizontal box, enter 2.21”.In the Vertical box, enter 3.35”.Drag the square blue adjustment handles on the top and bottom of the text box to adjust the height so that the text is centered on the top face of the red cube. Select the text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Click in the second text box and edit the text.Select the second text box. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the WordArt Styles group, click the FormatTextEffects dialog box launcher. In the FormatTextEffects dialog box, click Text Box in the left pane. In the Text Box pane, under Text layout, in the Text direction list, select Horizontal.Also in the FormatTextEffects dialog box, click 3-D Rotation in the left pane. In the 3-D Rotation pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Parallel click Isometric Left Down (first row, first option from the left). Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Position in the left pane. In the Positionpane, do the following:In the Horizontal box, enter 3.75”.In the Vertical box, enter 4.77”.Drag the square blue adjustment handles on the left and right of the second text box to adjust the width so that the text is centered on the bottom left face of the orange cube. Select the second text box. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow to the right of Copy, and then click Duplicate. Click in the third text box and edit the text.Select the third text box. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the WordArt Styles group, click the FormatTextEffects dialog box launcher. In the FormatTextEffects dialog box, click 3-D Rotation in the left pane. In the 3-D Rotation pane, click the button next to Presets, and then under Parallel click Isometric Right Up (first row, second option from the left). Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, click the Size and Position dialog box launcher. In the Size and Position dialog box, on the Positiontab, do the following:In the Horizontal box, enter 3.81”.In the Vertical box, enter 2.59”. Drag the square blue adjustment handles on the left and right of the third text box to adjust the width so that the text is centered on the bottom right face of the blue cube. To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:On the Design tab, in the Background group, click Background Styles, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Radial.Click the button next to Direction, and then click From Center (third option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add gradient stops or Remove gradient stops until two stops appear in the slider.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops as follows:Select the first stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 0%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 0%. Select the next stop in the slider, and then do the following: In the Position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 0%.
- Brushed aluminum shape with gradient spheres(Advanced)To reproduce the circles on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in theSlides group, click Layout, and then click Blank.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Basic Shapes click Oval (first row, second option from the left). Press and hold SHIFT to constrain the shape to a circle, and then on the slide, drag to draw a circle. Select the circle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.46”.In the Shape Width box, enter 0.46”.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow next to Shape Fill, point to Gradient, and then click More Gradients. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Radial. Click the button next to Direction, and then click From Center (third option from the left). Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until three stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%. Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colorsclick Olive Green, Accent 3, Lighter 80% (second row, seventh option from the left). Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 41%. Click the button next to Color, click More Colors, and then in the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 124, Green: 220, Blue: 52.Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 100%. Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colorsclick Black, Text 1, Lighter 5% (sixth row, second option from the left). Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then in the Line Color pane, select No line. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane. In the Shadow pane, click the button next to Presets, under Outer click Offset Center (second row, second option from the left, and then do the following:In the Transparency box, enter 60%.In the Size box, enter 102%.In the Blur box, enter 5 pt. In the Angle box, enter 0⁰.In the Distance box, enter 0 pt. Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click 3-D Format in the left pane, and then do the following in the 3-D Format pane:Under Bevel, click the button next to Top, and then under Bevel click Soft Round (second row, second option from the left). Next to Top, in the Width box, enter 18.5 pt, and in the Height box, enter 6.5 pt.Under Surface, click the button next to Material, and then under Translucent click Powder (first option from the left). Click the button next to Lighting, and then under Special click Flat (first option from the left). In the Angle box, enter 310°.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shape Effects, point to Glow, and then do the following:ClickAccentcolor1, 8 pt glow (second row, first option from the left). Point to More Glow Colors, and then click White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Select the circle. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the button under Paste, and then click Duplicate. On the slide, drag the second, duplicate circle away from the first circle. Select the second circle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Shape Styles group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Radial. Click the button next to Direction, and then click From Center (third option from the left). Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until three stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%. Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colorsclick Olive Green, Accent 3, Lighter 80% (second row, seventh option from the left). Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 41%. Click the button next to Color, click More Colors, and then in the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 11, Green: 189, Blue: 245.Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 100%. Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colorsclick Black, Text 1, Lighter 5% (sixth row, second option from the left). Select the second circle. On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the button under Paste, and then click Duplicate. On the slide, drag the third circle away from the second circle. Select the third circle. Under Drawing Tools, on the Format tab, in the bottom right corner of the Shape Styles group, click the Format Shape dialog box launcher. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the right pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Radial. Click the button next to Direction, and then click From Center (third option from the left). Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until three stops appear in the drop-down list. Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%. Click the button next to Color, click More Colors, and then in the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 255, Green: 209, Blue: 159.Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 41%. Click the button next to Color, click More Colors, and then in the Colors dialog box, on the Custom tab, enter values for Red: 255, Green: 134, Blue: 1.Select Stop 3 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 100%. Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colorsclick Black, Text 1, Lighter 5% (sixth row, second option from the left). On the slide, drag the three circles to form a row. Press and hold SHIFT and select all three circles. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Point to Align, and then click Align Horizontally. Click Group.On the Home tab, in the Editing group, click Select, and then click Selection Pane. In the Selection and Visibility pane, to edit the name of the group, double-click the group and enter Circle Group.To reproduce the large rounded rectangle on this slide, do the following:On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles, click Rounded Rectangle (second option from the left). On the slide, drag to draw a rounded rectangle.Drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the left to reduce the rounding on the corners of the rectangle.Select the rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 4.26”.In the Shape Width box, enter 5”.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow next to Shape Fill, point to Gradient, and then click More Gradients. In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 0%. Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 100%. Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colorsclick White, Background 1, Darker 35% (fifth row, first option from the left).Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click Line Color in the left pane, and then select No line in the Line Color pane.Also in the Format Shape dialog box, click 3-D Format in the left pane, and then do the following in the 3-D Format pane:Under Bevel, click the button next to Top, and then under Bevel, click Cool Slant (first row, fourth option from the left). Under Surface, click the button next to Material, and then under Standard, click Metal (fourth option from the left). Click the button next to Lighting, and then under Neutral, click Three Point (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shape Effects, point to Reflection, and then under Reflection Variations, click Tight Reflection, touching (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then clickAlign to Slide.Point to Align, and then click Align Middle.Point to Align, and then click Align Center. Click Send to Back. In the Selection and Visibilitypane, select Circle Group. Drag the group on the slide to position it in the top right corner of the rounded rectangle. To reproducethe raised rectangle on this slide, do the following:Select the large rectangle on the slide, and then on the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Select the duplicate rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 2.31”.In the Shape Width box, enter 4.58”.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow next to Shape Fill, point to Gradient, and then click More Gradient Options.In the Format Shape dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, click Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the drop-down menu, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 5% (sixth row, second option from the left). In the Transparencybox, enter100%. Select Stop 2 from the drop-down menu, and then do the following:Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Black, Text 1, Lighter 15% (fifth row, second option from the left).In the Transparencybox, enter70%. Drag the duplicate rectangle onto the bottom of the larger rectangle. To create the two embossed lines on this slide, do the following: On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shapes, and then under Rectangles click Rounded Rectangle (first row, second option from the left). Drag to draw a rectangle on the slide. Select the new duplicate rectangle. Under DrawingTools, on the Format tab, in the Size group, do the following:In the Shape Height box, enter 0.1”.In the Shape Width box, enter 4.51”.Drag the yellow diamond adjustment handle to the right to increase the rounding on the corners of the rectangle. (Note: If the yellow diamond is not visible, click the View tab and then in the Zoom group click Zoom. In the Zoom dialog box, click 400%.)On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow next to Shape Fill, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1, Darker 5% (second row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click the arrow next to Shape Outline, and then click No Outline.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shape Effects, point to Shadow, and then click Shadow Options.In the Format Shape dialog box, click Shadow in the left pane, and then do the following in the Shadow pane:Click the button next to Presets, and then under Inner, click Inside Diagonal Top Left(first row, first option from the left).In the Transparency box, enter 80%.On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Shape Effects, point to Reflection, and then under Reflection Variations, click Tight Reflection, touching (first row, first option from the left).On the Home tab, in the Clipboard group, click the arrow under Paste, and then click Duplicate. Drag the duplicate rectangle underneath the other long, thin, rounded rectangle. Press and hold SHIFT and select both of the long, thin, rounded rectangles. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, and then do the following:Point to Align, and then click Align Selected Objects.Point to Align, and then click Align Center.Click Group.In the Selection and Visibility pane, double-click the group to edit the name, and then enter Embossed Line Group.To align the shapes on the slide, do the following:In the Selection and Visibility pane, select Embossed Line Group. On the slide, drag the group onto the large rectangle, between the circles and the raised area. In the Selection and Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, and then select Circle Group, Embossed Line Group, and the raised rectangle. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align,and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Distribute Vertically.Also in the Selectionand Visibility pane, press and hold CTRL, select the large rectangle, and cancel the selection of Circle Group, keeping Embossed Line Group and the raised rectangle selected. On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align, and then do the following:Click Align Selected Objects.Click Align Center.To reproduce the background effects on this slide, do the following:Right-click the slide background area, and then click Format Background. In the Format Background dialog box, click Fill in the left pane, select Gradient fill in the Fill pane, and then do the following:In the Type list, select Linear.Click the button next to Direction, and then click Linear Down (first row, second option from the left).Under Gradient stops, click Add or Remove until two stops appear in the drop-down list.Also under Gradient stops, customize the gradient stops that you added as follows:Select Stop 1 from the list, and then do the following:In the Stop position box, enter 46%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click White, Background 1 (first row, first option from the left). Select Stop 2 from the list, and then do the following: In the Stop position box, enter 100%.Click the button next to Color, and then under Theme Colors click Blue, Accent 1, Lighter 60% (third row, fifth option from the left).